DocDepot - User contributions [en]

Appendix B - Tools and Supplies

2024-10-29T07:21:41Z

MARahman: /* Tools and Supplies */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]

<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Tools and Supplies =

The following is a list of tools and supplies usually provided by the installation contractor. It does not include material usually supplied in Comet Electronic installation kits.
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.4194%; height: 677px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); border-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 23px;" | General Construction Tools 
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 23px;" | Level
|- style="height: 103px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 103px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>Picks</p>
*Rake
*Shovels
*Other as required by nature of construction requirements, soils, etc.
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 103px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Power Equipment</p>
*Backhoe
*Crane (1-ton capacity)
*<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Trencher/Boring machine</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>General Mechanic’s Tools</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Saws<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 84px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 84px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Hammers, pliers, screwdrivers, wrenches, etc.
</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 84px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Hacksaw
*<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>PVC</p></div></div>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">Crimpers</div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Screwdrivers</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 145px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 145px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>Regular</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>Terminal ring</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>Coax (as required)</p>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><br></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 145px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>1/8” blade</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>1⁄4” blade</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>#2 Phillips</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>1/16” jewelers</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*<p>1⁄2” nut driver</p>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 194px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 194px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Digital Test Meter</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Drills</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Battery hand drill – 3/8” drive, including:
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

***Flathead bit<br>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

***Phillips head bit<br>
***<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Standard set of drill bits</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 194px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Soldering Iron (butane) Supplies</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Cutting oil<br>
<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Electrical tape – black
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Grease pen<br>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Marking paint<br>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Solder – 60/40 rosin core
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Tie wraps – 1/8” x 8”
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Ground Rod Driver</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 49px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 49px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Hammers<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 49px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tapes</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|-
| style="width: 50%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Claw
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Sledge – 6lb.
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Heliax Stripping Tool (LDF or as required)</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Fishtape – 150 ft (45m) minimum
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Measuring tape – 150 ft (45m) minimum
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 63"></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Transducer (Wheel Sensor) Tools</p></div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*17 mm x 32 mm drill bit (SAE 17/32”)
*Rail drill
*Tiefenbach drill guide w/punch
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Wire Tools<br></p>
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Lineman’s wire cutter
<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*Regular 6” diagonal wire cutter
*Wire stripper
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Wrenches<br></p>
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

*10” adjustable
*3/8” drive SAE socket set (up to 3⁄4”) 3/8” drive metric socket set
*Ratchet
*3/8” extension
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Other Tools (optional)</p>
*Foundation leg template
*GPS reader
*Portable generator
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
<br></div>

Appendix B - Tools and Supplies

2024-10-29T07:20:56Z

MARahman:

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]

<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Tools and Supplies =
</div></div></div>

The following is a list of tools and supplies usually provided by the installation contractor. It does not include material usually supplied in Comet Electronic installation kits.
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.4194%; height: 677px;"
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 23px;" | General Construction Tools 
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 23px;" | Level
|- style="height: 103px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 103px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>Picks</p>
*Rake
*Shovels
*Other as required by nature of construction requirements, soils, etc.
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 103px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Power Equipment</p>
*Backhoe
*Crane (1-ton capacity)
*<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Trencher/Boring machine</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>General Mechanic’s Tools</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Saws<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 84px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 84px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Hammers, pliers, screwdrivers, wrenches, etc.
</div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 84px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Hacksaw
*<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>PVC</p></div></div>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">Crimpers</div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Screwdrivers</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 145px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 145px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>Regular</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>Terminal ring</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>Coax (as required)</p>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><br></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 145px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>1/8” blade</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>1⁄4” blade</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>#2 Phillips</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>1/16” jewelers</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>1⁄2” nut driver</p>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 194px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 194px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Digital Test Meter</p><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Drills</p></div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Battery hand drill – 3/8” drive, including:
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
***Flathead bit<br>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
***Phillips head bit<br>
***<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Standard set of drill bits</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 194px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Soldering Iron (butane) Supplies</p><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Cutting oil<br>
<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Electrical tape – black
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Grease pen<br>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Marking paint<br>
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Solder – 60/40 rosin core
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Tie wraps – 1/8” x 8”
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Ground Rod Driver</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 49px;"
| style="width: 50%; height: 49px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Hammers<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%; height: 49px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tapes</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|-
| style="width: 50%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Claw
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Sledge – 6lb.
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Heliax Stripping Tool (LDF or as required)</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 37.4194%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Fishtape – 150 ft (45m) minimum
<div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Measuring tape – 150 ft (45m) minimum
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 63"></div><div class="page" title="Page 63"><div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Transducer (Wheel Sensor) Tools</p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*17 mm x 32 mm drill bit (SAE 17/32”)
*Rail drill
*Tiefenbach drill guide w/punch
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Wire Tools<br></p><div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Lineman’s wire cutter
<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Regular 6” diagonal wire cutter
*Wire stripper
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Wrenches<br></p><div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*10” adjustable
*3/8” drive SAE socket set (up to 3⁄4”) 3/8” drive metric socket set
*Ratchet
*3/8” extension
<div class="page" title="Page 64"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Other Tools (optional)</p>
*Foundation leg template
*GPS reader
*Portable generator
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div><br></div>

File:Img1730205148092.png

2024-10-29T07:14:40Z

MARahman:

File:Img1730238576650.png

2024-10-29T07:14:36Z

MARahman:

Appendix A - Site Optimization Checklist

2024-10-29T06:37:53Z

MARahman: /* Site Information */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]
= Site Information =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 70.3226%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 663px;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Site Name'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Site Number'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Track Number'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Mile Post'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Customer'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Job Number'''<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''City'''<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''State'''<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''GPS Coordinates'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>N</p>

W</div></div></div>
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Team Leader'''<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Installers'''<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Site Contact Name'''<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Site Contact Telephone Number'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Site Contact E-Mail Address'''<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''APU Primary Telephone Number'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''APU Secondary Telephone Number'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''APU IP Address'''<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Site Voice Telephone Number'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Installation Completion Date'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|-
| style="width: 26.5047%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 55"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Customer Service Optimization Date'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 36.1422%;" |
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Other Information =
<div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="">Date phone line(s) installed:    __________________</p>
*Company (railroad) line
*Bell line
<p>Date AC power installed:         __________________</p><div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= System Type =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 80.6452%; height: 125px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 26.1014%; height: 28px;" |
*<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AEI Intermodal DT</p></div></div>
| style="width: 23.7323%; height: 28px;" |
*<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AEI Rest. DT</p></div></div>
| style="width: 29.919%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*LS Hybrid AEI Rest. DT
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 26.1014%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*AEI Intermodal ST
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.7323%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*AEI Rest. ST
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 29.919%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*LS Hybrid AEI Rest. ST
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 26.1014%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*System 2000E
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.7323%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*AEI Unrest. DT
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 29.919%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*LS Hybrid AEI Unrest. DT
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 26.1014%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Tracker
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.7323%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*AEI Unrest. ST
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 29.919%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*LS Hybrid AEI Unrest. ST
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 26.1014%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 56"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Other
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.7323%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 29.919%; height: 23px;" |
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Equipment Inventory =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 72.9024%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 255px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Building manufacturer<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 28px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%;" |
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>APU serial number:<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 28px; text-align: right;" |
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%;" |
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AR2200 Frequency<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 28px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tier</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AR2200 Frequency<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 28px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tier</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AR2200 Frequency<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 28px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tier</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AR2200 Frequency<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tier</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 23px;" |
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AR2200 Frequency<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tier</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 23px;" |
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AR2200 Frequency<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Tier</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 23px;" |
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reno / US Traffic Loop Detector</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: right;" >VDC</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%;" |
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 23px;" |
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 23.5988%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Epic III / Zepic Frequency</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 3.28301%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 11.6129%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.76343%; height: 23px;" |
| style="width: 5.00004%;" |
| style="width: 5.7049%; height: 23px;" |
|-
| style="width: 57.9631%;" colspan="6" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div>
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219);"
! style="width: 57.9631%;" colspan="6" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Antenna Type</span></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 72.7955%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 183px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 4.89247%; height: 28px;" |
*<br>
| style="width: 14.1936%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AA3110 Scala Parapanel Antenna 915 MHz</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.5065%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div>
| style="height: 28px; width: 14.4096%;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:</p>

Serial Number:</div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 4.89247%; height: 28px;" |
*<br>
| style="width: 14.1936%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SRL441P Log Periodic<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.5065%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.4495%; height: 28px;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:<br></p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

Serial Number:</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 4.89247%; height: 28px;" |
*<br>
| style="height: 28px; width: 14.1936%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SRL470 Log Periodic<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.5065%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.4495%; height: 28px;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:<br></p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

Serial Number:</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 4.89247%; height: 28px;" |
*<br>
| style="width: 14.1936%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Other</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.5065%; height: 28px;" | Specify:
| style="width: 16.4495%; height: 28px;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:<br></p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

Serial Number:</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 4.89247%; height: 28px;" |
*<br>
| style="width: 14.1936%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AI1620 / E4 SmartPass</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.5065%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Frequency: Frequency:</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.4495%; height: 28px;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:<br></p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

Serial Number:</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 43px;"
| style="width: 4.89247%; height: 43px;" |
*<br>
| style="width: 24.7001%; height: 43px;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Check Tag AT5720</p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.4495%; height: 43px;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Serial Number:<br></p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 57"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

Serial Number:</div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Check the appropriate item below:</p><div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Protector Panel Type: =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 74.6237%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 43px;"
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 15.9677%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*SBB2707N1
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 18.656%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*SBB2707N2
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 20.2688%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*SBB2707N3
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 19.7312%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*SBB2707N5
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 15px;"
| style="width: 15.9677%; height: 15px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*SBB2707N6
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 18.656%; height: 15px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*SPI
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 20.2688%; height: 15px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*SuppressSurge
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 19.7312%; height: 15px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Other. Specify:
</div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Battery Charger Type:<br> =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.6559%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"
|-
| style="width: 17.2043%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*NRS 24/30
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 25.9139%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Customer Furnished
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 20.5376%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*Other. Specify:
</div></div></div>
|}

= Battery Type: =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 74.6237%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"
|-
| style="width: 17.1205%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>4-3VB9 - 80 AMP 24 Volt</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.5032%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>4-3VB11 - 100 AMP 24 Volt</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 20.2688%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>12AVR-45 Unigy 12 Volt</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
|-
| style="width: 17.1205%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Customer Furnished</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.5032%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>650A05 Absolyte</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 20.2688%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Other. Specify:</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Wheel Detector Type: =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 79.785%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 43px;"
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 22.0324%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>40003237 Dual Servo</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 19.4646%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>400080221 Servo Zero Speed</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 20.3119%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>50-0902 Tiefenbach Dual Head</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
|- style="height: 15px;"
| style="width: 22.0324%; height: 15px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>4000832210 Servo Zero Speed</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 19.4646%; height: 15px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>4000832220 Servo Zero Speed</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
| style="width: 20.3119%; height: 15px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Customer Furnished</p></div></div></div>
</div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Hut/Enclosure Equipment =
<div class="page" title="Page 58"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Initial each line when completed</p>

_______AC power fail transformer                     _______Exhaust fan and heater/thermostat

_______Coax cable termination - inside.           _______Protection panel checks

_______Door and floor vents open/removed.    _______Conduit sealant<div class="page" title="Page 59"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Railside Equipment =
<div class="page" title="Page 59"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Initial each line when completed</p>

_______Antenna checks.                               _______Antenna 0 distance to target rail

_______Splice box (waterproofing).               _______Antenna 1 distance to target rail

_______Wheel detector mounting checks.     _______Coax cable termination - outside

_______Check tag wiring                               _______

 0 = Right 1 = Left Interference Unit Position (Double Track Only)<div class="page" title="Page 59"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= System Equipment Setup and Operational Checks =
<div class="page" title="Page 59"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Initial each line when completed:'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 59"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>_______Loop detector and loop operation<br>_______(2 Second Delay / 2 Second Extend / Sensitivity 0 - 1 / Mode = Infinite)</p>

_______AC power transformer operation<br>_______Wheel detector setup, operation<br>_______TDA-105 setup and operation<br>_______Wheel detector to antenna offset _______ft. '''Right''' or '''Left'''<br>_______SmartPass setup and operation<br>_______AR2200 RF unit(s) operational tests<br>_______APU-102(s) operational tests<br>_______Test double track presence<br>_______Indicate port used for ITC '''AUX1PORT.DAT '''or '''AUX2PORT. DAT''' or '''X-Track (Network)'''

_______Verify ITC/X-Track communication<br>_______Verify LVD-2000 operation (if equipped)<div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= APU-102 Software Setup and Testing =
<div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Initial each line when completed:'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>_______Initial each line when completed:</p>

_______APU-102 software version ___________

_______Modem card type & serial number:

_______Update site operating parameters

_______Update site session parameters<br>_______Perform parameters backup<br>_______Create CF Image<br>_______Left to right direction: '''E-W''' or '''W-E '''or''' N-S''' or '''S-N''' or '''U-D''' or '''D-U'''

_______Remote support (if possible)<br>_______Network communications (if applicable)<div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= RF Power Optimization =
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 45.5912%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 280px;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 28px;"
! style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >AVI tier 0</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Channel 0</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Channel 1</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>RF PWR at source</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reflected power at source</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SWR at source<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>RF PWR at antenna</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reflected power at antenna</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SWR at antenna<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Horizontal read lobe</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Approximate length of run</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Coaxial cable type</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Attenuation<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Check tag operation<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>DC input to AR2200</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >VDC</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 45.5912%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 280px;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: #3598db;"
! style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >AVI tier 1</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Channel 0</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Channel 1</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>RF PWR at source</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reflected power at source</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SWR at source<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>RF PWR at antenna</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reflected power at antenna</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SWR at antenna<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Horizontal read lobe</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Approximate length of run</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Coaxial cable type</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Attenuation<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Check tag operation<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>DC input to AR2200</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >VDC</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 45.5912%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 280px;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: #3598db;"
! style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >AVI tier 0</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Channel 0</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Channel 1</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>RF PWR at source</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reflected power at source</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SWR at source<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>RF PWR at antenna</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reflected power at antenna</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SWR at antenna<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Horizontal read lobe</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Approximate length of run</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 21.163%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Coaxial cable type</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%; height: 28px;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%; height: 28px;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Attenuation<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Check tag operation<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" |
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|-
| style="width: 21.163%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>DC input to AR2200</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 7.10392%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 60"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >VDC</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.16886%;" |
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 62"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
= Site Drawing =
<div class="page" title="Page 62"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Sketch site layout below and include the following:</p><div class="page" title="Page 62"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) All tracks in immediate area.<br>2) Direction arrow showing North.<br>3) Any buildings, metal fences in front of or behind antennas.<br>4) Overhead high voltage power lines.<br>5) Transducer location.<br>6) If double track, detail below with track numbers, i.e. Trk 1/Trk 2. 7) Conduit sizes.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-28T12:18:34Z

MARahman: /* RF Module Range Sensitivity Adjustment */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains the APU application software and the procedures for optimizing all AEI system components.
== <span class="fontstyle0">APU Application Software</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0"></span><div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Local and Remote User Access'''</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">There are three types of user access available; local, remote, and network. Local access requires a computer equipped with a standard communications package and a null‐modem cable from the local port of the APU‐102 to the computer. Remote access requires a computer equipped with a Hayes compatible modem and a standard communications package. Telnet connection requires the APU‐102 has network capable hardware and software as well as a valid network path to the APU, via WAN remotely or LAN at the site.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The default communications settings are:</p>
: 

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 70.3226%; height: 96px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 30px;"
! style="width: 9.24731%; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Type</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 54.9039%; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Baud Rate</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 14.8051%; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Word Length</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 9.03228%; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Parity</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 12.0114%; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Stop Bits</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 9.24731%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Local</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 54.9039%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2400</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 14.8051%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | 8
| style="width: 9.03228%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | N
| style="width: 12.0114%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | 1
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 9.24731%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Remote</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 54.9039%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Modems will negotiate best speed</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 14.8051%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | 8
| style="width: 9.03228%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | N
| style="width: 12.0114%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | 1
|- style="height: 10px;"
| style="width: 9.24731%; text-align: center; height: 10px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Network</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 54.9039%; text-align: center; height: 10px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Handled by TCP/IP protocol</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 14.8051%; text-align: center; height: 10px;" |
<br>
| style="width: 9.03228%; text-align: center; height: 10px;" |
<br>
| style="width: 12.0114%; text-align: center; height: 10px;" |
<br>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;">Table 3.1: Communications Settings</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 23"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''APU-102 Software Programs'''</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The APU‐102 uses two different software programs. The first is the AEI application software, which runs the APU‐102’s normal functions. Comet Electronics incorporates its standard remote support into this application software. The second is a standalone “fail‐safe” software program, used mainly for recovery and diagnostics. There are various versions of the fail‐safe program depending on configuration of the APU‐102. Mini Remote Support (MRS, Start‐up ROM version 4.1) or ROMSHELL (Start‐up ROM version 5.0+). When the SYS light (LED) is on steadily, the APU‐102 is running the APU application software. When the SYS light (LED) is flashing, the APU‐102 is running MRS/ROMSHELL. With addition of network connections to the APU‐102, NetMRS, a network capable version of ROMSHELL was created. It has all the functions/commands of ROMSHELL, but local, remote, and network connectivity are made using the AEI Application’s parameter set.</p>
: <div class="page" title="Page 24"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>AEI Application Software</p></div></div></div>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The AEI application software is the heart of the APU‐102. It is stored on the solid state disk along with the train information. It logs the train axles, correlates the axles into cars, and puts the tags with the cars. It is a multitasking program that allows the system to record a train output to both a remote unit and a local unit at the same time.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">When the AEI application software is running, you connect to the APU‐102 via the Front Door. Connecting via the Front Door allows you to define the system parameters and individual session parameters, delete trains, and view the systems log, for example. The Front Door is generally used unless there is a problem with the AEI application software.</p></div></div></div>
: <div class="page" title="Page 24"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Mini Remote Support (MRS) Start-up ROM 4.1 and earlier</p></div></div></div>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">Mini Remote Support (MRS, Start‐up ROM version 4.1) is a version of the Comet Electronics Remote Support software. When this program or the APU application software is running (version 4.x only), you can log into the APU site’s Back Door. Logging into the Back Door via the MRS program allows you to dial in to the APU, transfer individual files, and download new code. However, these functions are not menu‐driven. A special communication program, “Remote Support,” is required to connect to an APU‐102 to use MRS’s features. “Remote Support” is only compatible PCs running MS‐DOS and using legacy hardware ports and modems.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The Comet Electronics MRS is programmed or burned into an EPROM at the Comet Electronics facility before the unit is shipped to the customer. The use of the EPROM makes the software uneraseable. The APU‐102 boots to the EPROM first, then looks to see if the APU application software is available. If there is any problem with the APU application software, the APU‐102 loads the MRS program.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">Every fifth time the APU hard boots (power reset or watchdog timer reboot), the MRS program is loaded, stays in MRS mode for 20 minutes, then reboots. To force the APU‐102 into MRS mode, press and hold the SYS button, then turn on the APU‐ 102. Hold the SYS button until the SYS LED flashes slowly (about once per second).The EPROM is located on the USSD card and can be identified by the name ʺStart‐ up ROMʺ, version and USSD capacity.</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 25"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 50px;">Note: The reboot command (soft boot) from the Front Door (standard AEI application interface) does not increment this counter.</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 25"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >ROMSHELL Start-up ROM version 5.0 or higher</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">ROMSHELL (Start‐up ROM version 5.0+) replaces MRS. It has expanded functionality compared to MRS listed above, but is accessible with any commercial communication software program. The ROMSHELL interface is detailed in the AEI System Operations Manual.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The EPROM is located on the USSD or PCM‐SSD card and can be identified by the name ʺStart‐up ROMʺ, version and USSD capacity.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;"></p>
<div class="page" title="Page 25"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>NetMRS</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">NetMRS is a network capable version of ROMSHELL. It is not loaded from the Startup ROM, but is an application running from the XPe kernel on the system’s Compact Flash memory. It has some additional capabilities compared to ROMSHELL, including network connectivity. The NetMRS interface is detailed in the AEI System Operations Manual.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;"></p>
<div class="page" title="Page 25"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Main Menu Options</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">There are two APU‐102 Main Menu options, the System Menu and the Supervisory Menu.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The System Menu functions provide accessibility to a wide range of reports and other information that can be generated from the stored data.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The Supervisory Menu provides functions to reconfigure the operational parameters of the APU‐102 as well as clearing the APU‐102 of all trains and status information. The same data is available whether accessing the APU‐102 from a remote site via the modem or on‐site via the local communications port. For detailed information about these menus, see the System Menu and Supervisory Menu sections later in this chapter.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;"></p>
<div class="page" title="Page 25"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Multiple Sessions</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">The APU‐102 supports up to ten virtual APUʹs. Each virtual APU, called a ʺsession,ʺ can be configured individually according to the needs of the railroad it supports.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">Current versions of the AEI application include a new feature, NetMenu. It allows multiple devices to be accessed via one external connection. You may be presented with a menu BEFORE actually connecting to an APU. NetMenu is detailed later in this text. When accessing the site, the first question the APU‐102 software asks is which APU session you want to access. Each session has its own password protection, just like each physical APU would. (See Passwords.) Once you gain access to a session, any parameters you change affect only that session.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
:Each session on the APU‐102 is capable of reporting consist and maintenance reports to the host of your choice. Sessions can be configured for different purposes. For example, a customer may set up Session 1 for standard consist and maintenance reporting to its normal host system, then configure Session 2 to report different types of information (such as scale reports) to other facilities on the railroad. This often happens when the host system to which the AEI reports are sent cannot handle the type of data the other facility needs.
:Each session uses the same tag information but is completely independent when formatting and transmitting the information. The owner of the APU‐102 is responsible for the initial setup of each session, while the session owner has the ability to customize the individual session. After you select a session, password entry is required.
:
Passwords
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">Comet Electronics delivers the systems with default passwords set up in the APU‐ 102. Both the System Menu and the Supervisory Menu are password protected. Also, a password is available for each session’s host interface. The System and Supervisory passwords are only visible under the Supervisory Menu display of the site parameters where separate password fields are maintained. Each session is independent of one another, so passwords for one session would not be available to other session users. The System Menu and the Supervisory Menu require different passwords from the host system. The following are the APU‐102 default passwords:</p></div></div></div>
: 

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 40.1067%; height: 109px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219);"
! style="width: 35.1383%;" colspan="2" | <div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Default Passwords</span></p></div></div></div>
|-
| style="width: 17.873%; text-align: left;" | <div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''System Menu'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.2653%; text-align: left;" | <div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Supervisory Menu'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|-
| style="width: 17.873%; text-align: left;" | <div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SECRET</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.2653%; text-align: left;" | <div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SUPER<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 26"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Table 3.2: Default Passwords</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Inactivity Time-outs</p></div></div>
<div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;">There are numerous inactivity timeouts built into the APU‐102. Their purpose is to remind the user that action has not been taken for a particular amount of time or to log the user off in case the user has forgotten to do so. At the Session Select menu, the APU‐102 pauses for three minutes. The APU‐102 then beeps and redisplays the Session Select menu. This represents one timeout period. The following table demonstrates how time‐outs work:</p>
: 

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 80.9677%; height: 232px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 74px;"
! style="width: 17.7419%; height: 74px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Screen</p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 16.2365%; height: 74px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Number of 3-minute inactivity time-outs allowed</p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 46.9892%; height: 74px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Result</p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 51px;"
| style="width: 17.7419%; height: 51px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Session Select Menu'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.2365%; text-align: center; height: 51px;" | 3
| style="width: 46.9892%; height: 51px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>APU-102 logs user off.</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 17.7419%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Password'''<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.2365%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | 2
| style="width: 46.9892%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Returns to Session Select menu screen.</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 17.7419%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''System Menu'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.2365%; text-align: center; height: 28px;" | 1
| style="width: 46.9892%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>APU-102 logs user off and returns to Session Select menu screen.</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 51px;"
| style="width: 17.7419%; height: 51px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Supervisory Menu'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.2365%; text-align: center; height: 51px;" | 1
| style="width: 46.9892%; height: 51px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Returns to System Menu screen.</p></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Table 3.3: Inactivity Time-outs</p></div></div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>On-line Help</p></div>
<div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;">3 APU-102 logs user off.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">2 Returns to Session Select menu screen.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">1 APU-102 logs user off and returns to Session Select menu screen.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">1 Returns to System Menu screen. Table 3.3: Inactivity Time-outs</p>
:Throughout the user command interface in the System Menu or Supervisory Menu, you may type a command followed by <?> to display available information about the command. If you do not remember the command, enter <?> at the command prompt and the software shows what commands you can currently use. Example: Typing <D><?> describes the Directory command and any options available with that command.
::::
Command Formats<div class="page" title="Page 27"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;">When entering commands in a string, always type a comma between them.</p>
<p style="margin-left: 25px;">Example: To use the Check Tag Sequence (CT) command to verify that Reader0 and all antennas for a particular site are working correctly, enter CT,0,* for the command string. (Check Tag hardware required.)</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

== <span class="fontstyle0">System Optimization</span> ==
<div class="column">''' <span style="font-size: 10pt;" >System Power '</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;" >On Checks</span>'''</div>
#<span style="font-size: 10pt;" ><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >Power on the APU-102 to make sure the Search LEDs are operational. They should come on when power is applied and turn off once the APU-102 has initialized completely (approximately 45 seconds).</span></span><br>
<div class="page" title="Page 28"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== Local Connection ==
<div class="page" title="Page 28"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="">Laptop Computer Connections</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Connect DB9F-DB25M RS232 null modem cable (or modem cable with null modem adapter) to serial port 1 or 2 of laptop computer and the local port of APU-102 located on the bottom of the APU-102.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Turn on laptop computer with any communications software that supports ANSI terminal emulation installed on computer.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Set communications parameters to 2400 baud, no parity, 1 stop bits, 8 data bits, no flow control. You are now ready to enter the Front Door of the APU-102.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >'''Note''': The local port on the APU may be configured differently depending on the customer’s operating standards. Set the communication program on your computer to match.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Select terminal emulation mode and press <'''Enter'''>. The APU application software prompts you to log in.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>

== <span style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: bold;">Log On To the APU-102</span><br> ==

<span style="font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">1) After connecting to the APU-102 through either the local or remote port (modem), press</span></span><div class="page" title="Page 28"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><'''Enter'''> to activate the Session Select menu screen.</span></p></div></div></div>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 46.4517%; background-color: rgb(206, 212, 217); margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 100%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 28"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >1. Comet Documentation</span><br><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >2. Inactive Session, Not Available for Selection</span></p>
<span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >3. Inactive Session, Not Available for Selection</span>

<span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >4. Inactive Session, Not Available for Selection</span>

<span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >5. Log Off</span><p><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >Select the Appropriate Session # ( 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 ) Session #: _</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 29"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style=""><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Options 1 ‐ 4 on this menu represent the four available sessions in the APU‐102. Option 5 logs you off the Session Select menu and, if accessed through the remote port, disconnects the modem. Additional sessions only appear if configured. If more than 4 sessions are active, “X” will logoff.</span></p>
<span style="font-size: 12pt;"> 2) To log on to a session, enter the number corresponding to the desired session. The APU-102 will request the password for the session. </span></div>
<div class="column"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">3) Enter the correct system password. The system and supervisory password fields are a maximum of six ASCII, printable characters. </span></div>
<div class="column" style="margin-left: 25px;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">'''NOTE''': Versions after 5.0 have a password limit of seven characters.</span>  </div>
<div class="column" style="margin-left: 25px;"> </div>
<div class="column" style=""><span style="font-size: 12pt;">As the password is entered, an asterisk (*) displays where you type the character. After the correct system password is entered and accepted, the Logon menu displays and the cursor flashes at the APU102XP: Main prompt with the current session number.</span></div>
<div class="column" style="">

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 50.9677%; background-color: rgb(206, 212, 217); margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 165px;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 100%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 29"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >Comet Documentation</span><br><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >Automatic Equipment Identification System APU software Version 5.0</span><br><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >AMTECH Model AI1200 Ver 2.80 SN97514</span><br><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >Wed 06/30/04 13:06:23</span><br><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >Host Reporting: On, All</span><br><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >Last LOGON: Wed 06/30/04 13:01:52</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >USID: Comet0ICU812 Site Name: Test APU102XP:Main 1</span>><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >_</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|}
</div>
<div class="column"><br></div>
<div class="column"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">The APU‐102 will not transmit critical system messages until the System Menu password is entered. This is to ensure that this information is available to authorized users only and that the remote terminal is ready to display data from the site. If the password is entered incorrectly, the APU‐102 displays the message “'''INVALID PASSWORD'''”. The password field displays again to allow you a second chance. If the password is invalid on the second try, the system again displays the invalid password message and returns the user to the Session Select menu. The second chance to enter the password allows an authorized user access without needing to reenter the session.</span></div>
<div class="column"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">After the password is accepted, the cursor flashes at the APU102XP: Main #> prompt with the corresponding session number and, if applicable, a ʺTrain Recordingʺ message. If there are no Train Recording messages, the APU‐102 reports that there are no current system messages. If a Train Recording message exists, but the wrong password is entered, the APU‐102 transmits the message.</span></div>
<div class="column"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">At the APU102XP:Main #> prompt, you may choose to enter the System Menu or, depending on your level of system authority, the Supervisory Menu</span>.</div>
<div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 30"></div></div></div></div>

== Initial Configuration and Tests ==
<div class="page" title="Page 30"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >1) Check the current software version and update if needed. To verify that the APU-102 has the correct software version running, log into the Main prompt, press the "/" key, then <Enter>. This shows the current running version. Check with Comet Electronics Customer Service to see if an update is needed.</span></p><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >2) Before a train can be recorded properly, acquisition parameters need to be set to site- specific values (transducer spacing, gain and threshold, antenna read lobes and reader configuration, inter-track communications, and REDI interface - if site is a hybrid).</span></p><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >3) Update the site Operating parameters. Because each site may vary, the operating parameters need to be checked to make sure they apply to the site you are working on. Change to the Supervisory Menu to perform editing functions. A reboot is required to activate parameter changes.</span></p><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >4) Update the site Session parameters. If there is a phone line available for transmission to the host, update Session parameters as required and test the Host Reporting operation.</span></p><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >5) Verify the AC power fail transformer operation by observing the I/O screen while testing. Log onto the APU-102 and Press the “I” key, then <Enter> at the APU102XP: Main prompt. Observe the 24 VAC line. I/O information is continuously updated.</span></p><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >NOTE: Communications software must be in ANSI mode to read this screen.</span></p><p><span style="font-size: 12pt;" >6) Verify AC power fail test. To do this, turn off breaker to AC power fail transformer, wait 10 seconds and turn back on. Log on to APU-102 and change to the Supervisory Menu. Enter the SYS command, PID 1, and verify you see the following messages in the system error log. Verify the power fail messages occur at the same time that the breaker was tripped and reset.</span></p>
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 41.7205%; background-color: rgb(206, 212, 217);" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 100%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 30"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >AC Pwr Fail</span></p></div></div></div>
|}
Followed by:
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 41.7205%; background-color: #ced4d9;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 100%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 30"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="font-family: "courier new", courier;" >AC Pwr Restored</span></p></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== RF Power Optimization ==
<div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Equipment Required'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>The following equipment is necessary to optimize RF power:</p>
*<p>Bird RF Power Analyst Model 4381 with 5W (400-1000 MHz) and 500mW-(850-960 MHz) elements or equivalent</p>
*<p>N to N Coax cable 4 ft (Male both ends)</p>
*<p>50 ohm 5W terminator</p>
*<p>Programmed passive transponder tag mounted to metal backplate, at least 3 times the size of the tag.</p>
*<p>Digital multi-meter</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Watt Meter Setup'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Install 5W 400-1000 MHz element into the forward element receptacle.<br>2) Install 500mW 850-960 MHz element into the reflected element receptacle.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Range 5, X1 scale.</p><div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Railcar-Only Site (Single Reader - Multiplexed RF)'''</p>

1) Make sure RF power is off. The Search 0 and 1 LEDs on the APU-102 front panel should be off when RF is off to both channels.<div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Enter the '''RFON''' command from either menu and turn both channels of Reader 0 on by typing the '''RFON,0''',* command. This turns RF on for both Channel 0 and Channel 1 of Reader 0.</p><p>3) With a digital multi-meter on the DC V scale, measure the RF PWR at the RF unit. Place your positive lead on the AR2200 RF unit RF PWR terminal and the negative lead on the RF GND terminal inside the AR2200 RF unit.</p><p>4) Setting RF unit source voltage</p><div class="page" title="Page 31"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >a) AR2200, Version 1</p><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 50px;" >With both RF channels on in multiplex mode, the RF PWR should be no less than 12.5 VDC and no more than 13 VDC. The RF PWR is supplied from the adjustable 12v power supply inside the APU-102. Adjust VR1 on the APU-102 power supply board for Reader 1 until the RF PWR at the RF unit is at least 12.9 VDC. If this is not done, all power measurements from this point forward may be incorrect.</p><div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >b) AR2200, Version 2</p><p style="margin-left: 50px;" >The version 2 AR2200 has a two-color power indicator LED. Adjust VR1 on the APU-102 power supply board for Reader 1 so the power indicator LED is green with the RF in either active or idle modes.</p>
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 72.4731%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 58px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 58px;"
| style="width: 5.26882%; height: 58px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >NOTE</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.2043%; height: 58px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>DC voltage is regulated on Version 2 RF modules and changing the supply voltage will have no effect on the RF power output. If the AR2200 installed at the site is Version 2, disregard any references to adjust the voltage later in this text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div></div>
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 72.4731%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 58px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 58px;"
| style="width: 5.26882%; height: 58px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Caution</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.2043%; height: 58px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Verify RF power is off before connecting or disconnecting any RF cables in the sections that follow. Press any key to turn off RF power. Make sure Search 0 and 1 on front panel of APU- 102 are off.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 32"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''RF Power at Source'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Measure power at the starting point, or source, first. If it is low here, the rest of the system will not operate correctly.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Make sure RF power is off to RF unit.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Find the N-N jumper running from the RF unit Channel 0 to the coax lightning arrestor. Disconnect from arrestor end and connect to Forward element of RF meter.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Connect 50 ohm 5W terminator to the reflected element of the watt meter.<br>5) Enter the '''RFON''' command from either menu. To turn on RF to Channel 0 only, type the</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >'''RFON,0,0''' command.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >6) Turn on watt meter and press the FWD PEP button. This displays the forward peak envelope power. The power at the RF source should be no less than 1.4W. The forward power at source should not exceed 2W.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >7) If the forward power is less than 1.40W with the 4-foot jumper in, you can try adjusting the 12v supply voltage up to gain some RF PWR. Make sure you do not exceed 13VDC RF PWR. If adjusting the RF PWR up does not bring the forward power up to at least 1.4W, the AR2200 must be replaced or repaired. The same is true for power over 2W.<br>If you cannot adjust RF PWR down enough to get the forward power under 2W, replace the AR2200. Do not attempt to adjust the RF unit’s supply voltage lower than 12.5 VDC.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >8) Record measurements for future diagnostic evaluation.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >9) Repeat above steps for Channel 1. Use the '''RFON,0,1''' command to turn power on to Channel 1.</p><div class="page" title="Page 33"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >10) Press any key to turn off RF power. Make sure Search 0 and 1 on front panel of APU- 102 are off.</p>

: 
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 69.354%; height: 23px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 6.66667%; height: 23px; text-align: left;" | '''Tip'''
| style="width: 62.6881%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 33"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>The 5W element has a +/- 250mW tolerance rating. If you are unsure the readings are correct or suspect an RF unit out of specification, install the 500mW element in the forward element with (2) 3dB in-line attenuators to reduce the power below 500mW from the RF unit. Turn power on to the channel in question, note the reading, and divide the reading in half. This will give you a more accurate reading because the 500mW element has on a +/- 25mW tolerance and you will know within 25mW the actual power of the source.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 33"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Standing Wave Ratio at Source'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 33"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Remove 50 ohm terminator and attach coax coming from the antenna to the reflected element of the meter.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Turn RF power on to Channel 0 by typing the '''RFON,0,0''' command from either menu.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Two elements are required for this mode and they must have a 10 to 1 power range ratio. Press the SWR key momentarily. If average reflected power is between 10% and 120% of full scale and the average reflected power is less than 120% of the reflected element range, SWR will be displayed. If any of the above conditions are not met, an error message will display. Two arrows pointing to the right (“greater than” symbols) indicate over-range, while two left pointing arrows (“less-than” symbols) indicate under- range or too little power.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) The SWR should fall between 1.01 (0% reflected power) and 1.5 (4% reflected power). If the SWR exceeds 1.5 there could possibly be a bad connection or a coax cable problem. Double check the connectors for correct assembly. Too much reflected power degrades power at the antenna and causes low handshake counts on the transponder tags being read. Record results for future diagnostic use.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >5) Repeat the above steps for Channel 1. Type the '''RFON,0,1''' command for Channel 1. Record the results for future diagnostic use.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >6) Press any key to turn RF power off.<br>7) Reconnect coax cables to original positions.</p><div class="page" title="Page 33"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''RF Power at Antenna'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 33"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Disconnect coax cable from Antenna 0.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Connect coax to the forward element of the watt meter with the 50 ohm terminator still attached to the reflected element of the meter.</p>

:3) Turn on RF power to Channel 0 by typing the '''RFON,0,0''' command from the either menu of the APU-102.

:4) Press the FWD PEP key to measure peak envelope power. There should be no less than 1.0 watts of power at the antenna.<div class="page" title="Page 34"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Standing Wave Ratio at Antenna'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 34"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Remove 50 ohm terminator and attach N-N jumper from the antenna to the reflected element of the meter.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Turn RF power on to Channel 0 by typing the '''RFON,0,0''' command from either menu.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Two elements are required for this mode and they must have a 10 to 1 power range ratio. Press the RFL PEP to measure the reflected peak envelope power. Record the results for future diagnostic use.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Press the SWR key momentarily. If average reflected power is between 10% and 120% of full scale and the average reflected power is less than 120% of the reflected element range, SWR will be displayed. If any of the above conditions are not met, an error message will display. Two arrows pointing to the right (“greater than” symbols) indicate over-range, while two left pointing arrows (“less-than” symbols) indicate under-range or too little power.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >5) The SWR should fall between 1.01 (0% reflected power) and 1.5 (4% reflected power). If the SWR exceeds 1.5 there could possibly be a bad connection or a coax cable problem. Double check the connectors for correct assembly. Too much reflected power degrades power at the antenna and causes low handshake counts on the transponder tags being read. Record results for future diagnostic use.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >6) Repeat the above steps for Channel 1. Type the''' RFON,0,1''' command for Channel 1. Record the results for future diagnostic use.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >7) Press any key to turn RF power off.<br>8) Reconnect coax cables to original positions.</p><div class="page" title="Page 34"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''If Less Than 1W of Power at Antenna'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 34"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Double check coax cable type to make sure correct cable is being used.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Double check RF PWR at RF unit to make sure you have at least 12.5VDC. You can increase this power to give you more power at the antenna as long as you do not exceed 2W at source and 13VDC of RF PWR. The reason for having at least 1W of power at the antenna is due to the speed of the site. If the site is high speed (above 45mph) the transponder tag will be in the read window a shorter amount of time therefore you will want the biggest read window possible to make sure the tag is read.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Double check SWR to make sure there is not excessive reflected power. 4) Record measurements for future diagnostic use.</p>

:5) Turn RF power off and reconnect coax to antenna.

:6) Repeat these steps for Antenna 1.<div class="page" title="Page 35"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Measuring Horizontal Read Window'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 35"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) The horizontal read window is defined as the horizontal distance a tag may be read in front of an antenna. The tag should be passed in front of antenna directly above edge of ties (approximately 4 ft). Tag should be held horizontally to insure accuracy of read window</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Turn RF power on to Channel 0 only using the '''RFON,0,0''' command from the either menu on the APU-102.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Make sure the Sonalert switch, which is located on the motherboard at the bottom of the APU-102, is in the correct reader position for the reader being measured. It should be set for Reader 1 or Reader 2. Refer to APU-102 system interconnect diagram in the AEI System Operations Manual for proper position of the switch.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Attach programmed passive transportation tag to metal plate approximately 3 times the size of the tag.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >5) Listen for the Sonalert in the building and face Antenna 0 at the edge of the ties, approximately 10 feet to one side of the antenna. Simulate a tagged railcar passing the site by holding the tag attached to the 3’ x 2’ metal plate at the edge of the ties 3.5 feet from the top of the rail and walking on either side of the antenna until the Sonalert sounds.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >6) Mark at the edge of ties where the Sonalert first came on.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >7) Continue walking past the antenna with tag in the same position until the Sonalert stops. Mark this point at the edge of ties.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >8) Measure from the point where the Sonalert first sounded to the point where it stopped with a tape measure. This will be the horizontal read window for this antenna.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >9) Round the measurement up to the nearest foot. Horizontal read windows with at least 1W of power at antenna should be approximately 13-16 feet wide on a Parapanel antenna and approximately 7 feet ± 2 feet for a low profile antenna.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >10) Record this measurement on paper for reference and in the APU-102 acquisition parameters under Reader 1 “Ant0PassiveLobe.”</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >11) Repeat the above steps for Antenna 1.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >12) Record the measurement for Antenna 1 on paper for reference and in the APU-102 acquisition parameters under Reader 1 “Ant1PassiveLobe.”</p>

: 
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 69.354%; height: 23px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 6.66667%; height: 23px; text-align: left;" | '''Tip'''
| style="width: 62.6881%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 33"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 35"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If expected window widths are not obtained and power levels are correct, check RF unit range potentiometer setting.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== Railcar-Only Site (Dual Reader - Dedicated RF) ==

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 59.1398%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 11.1828%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >NOTE</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 47.957%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>For dual reader dedicated RF sites that there should be a separate AR2200 RF unit for each antenna.</p><p>RF unit for Antenna 0 should have a 50 ohm terminator plugged into Channel 1, and the RF unit for Antenna 1 should have a 50 ohm terminator plugged into Channel 0.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Make sure RF power is off by checking the Search 0 and 1 LEDs on the APU-102 front panel for both reader 1 and 2. When RF is off to both channels, all search LEDs should be off.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) From either menu, enter the '''RFON''' command and type '''RFON,0,'''* to turn both channels of Reader 0 on. This turns on RF to both Channels 0 and 1 of Reader 0.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) With a digital multi-meter on the DC V scale, measure the RF PWR at the RF unit. On the AR2200 place your positive lead on the RF PWR terminal and the negative on the RF GND terminal inside the AR2200 RF unit.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Setting RF unit source voltage</p>

::a)  AR2200,Version1

:::With both RF channels on in multiplex mode, the RF PWR should be no less than 12.5 VDC and no more than 13 VDC. The RF PWR is supplied from the adjustable 12v power supply inside the APU-102. Adjust VR1 on the APU-102 power supply board for Reader 1 until the RF PWR at the RF unit is at least 12.9 VDC. If this is not done, all power measurements from this point forward may be incorrect.

::b)  AR2200,Version2

:::The version 2 AR2200 has a three-color power indicator LED. Adjust VR1 on the APU-102 power supply board for Reader 1 so the power indicator LED is green with the RF in either active or idle modes.

:5) Repeat the above steps for Reader 1 by typing '''RFON,1''',* to turn on RF to both channels of Reader 1. Adjust VR2 on the APU-102 power supply to adjust RF PWR for Reader 1.

: <div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''RF Power at Source'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Power should be measured at the starting point, or source, first. If it is low here, the rest of the system will suffer.</p>

:2) Make sure RF PWR is off to RF unit. Find the N-N jumper running from the RF unit #1 Channel 0 to the coax lightning arrestor. Disconnect from arrestor end and connect to Forward element of RF meter.

:3) Connect the 50 ohm 5W terminator to the reflected element of the watt meter

:4) From either menu, select the '''RFON''' command. Turn on RF to Channel 0 only by typing '''RFON,0,0'''.

:5) Turn on watt meter and press the FWDCW PEP button. This displays the forward peak envelope continuous wave power. The power at the RF source should be no less than 1.4 W. The forward power at source should not exceed 2W.

:6) If the forward power is less than 1.40W with the 4-foot jumper in, you can try adjusting the 12v supply voltage up to gain some RF PWR. Make sure you do not exceed 13VDC RF PWR. If adjusting the RFPWR up does not bring the forward power up to at least 1.4W, the AR2200 must be replaced or repaired. The same is true for power over 2W. If you cannot adjust RF PWR down enough to get the forward power under 2W, replace the AR2200. Do not attempt to adjust the RF unit’s supply voltage lower than 12.5 VDC.

:7) Record measurements for future diagnostic evaluation.

:8) Repeat the above steps for Channel 1. Use the '''RFON,1,1''' command to turn power on to Reader 1, Channel 1.

:9) Press any key to turn RF power off. Make sure Search 0 and 1 for both readers on front panel of APU-102 are off.

: 
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 59.1398%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 11.1828%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 37"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Tip</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 47.957%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 37"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>The 5W element has a +/- 250mW tolerance rating. If you are unsure if the readings are correct or suspect a RF unit out of specification, install the 500mW element in the forward element with (2) 3dB in-line attenuators to reduce the power below 500mW from the RF unit. Turn power on to the channel in question and note the reading. Divide the reading in half. This will give you a more accurate reading because the 500mW element has on a +/- 25mW tolerance and you will know within 25mW the actual power of the source.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 37"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Standing Wave Ratio at Source'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 37"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Remove the 50 ohm terminator and attach coax coming from antenna to the reflected element of the meter.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Turn RF power on to Reader 0, Channel 0 by typing '''RFON,0,0''' from either menu.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Two elements are required for this mode and they must have a 10 to 1 power range ratio. Press the SWR key momentarily. If the average reflected power is between 10% and 120% of full scale and the average reflected power is less than 120% of the reflected element range, SWR will display. If any of the above conditions are not met, an error message will display. Two arrows pointing to the right (“greater than” symbols) indicate over-range, while two left pointing arrows (“less-than”) symbols indicate under- range or too little power.</p>

:4) The SWR should fall between 1.01 (0% reflected power) and 1.5 (4% reflected power). If the SWR exceeds 1.5, there could possibly be a bad connection or a coax cable problem. Double check the connectors for correct assembly. Too much reflected power degrades power at the antenna and causes low handshake counts on the Transponder tags being read. Record results for future diagnostic use.

:5) Repeat the above steps for Reader 1, Channel 1. Type '''RFON,1,1''' for Reader 1, Channel 1. Record results for future diagnostic use.

:6) Press any key to turn RF power off.

:7) Reconnect coax cables to original positions.

: <div class="page" title="Page 38"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''RF Power at Antenna'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Disconnect coax cable from Antenna 0.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Connect coax to the forward element of the watt meter with the 50 ohm terminator still attached to the reflected element of the meter.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Turn on RF power to Reader 0, Channel 0 by typing (Reader 1 or Reader 2) from either menu of the APU-102.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Once again press the FWD PEPCW key to measure peak envelope continuous wave power. There should be no less than 1.0 watts of power at the antenna.</p><p>'''Standing Wave Ratio at Antenna'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Remove 50 ohm terminator and attach N-N jumper from the antenna to the reflected element of the meter.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Turn RF power on to Reader 0, Channel 0 by typing the '''RFON,0,0''' command from either menu.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Two elements are required for this mode and they must have a 10 to 1 power range ratio. Press the RFL PEP to measure the reflected peak envelope power. Record the results for future diagnostic use.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Press the SWR key momentarily. If average reflected power is between 10% and 120% of full scale and the average reflected power is less than 120% of the reflected element range, SWR will be displayed. If any of the above conditions are not met, an error message will display. Two arrows pointing to the right (“greater than” symbols) indicate over-range, while two left pointing arrows (“less-than” symbols) indicate under-range or too little power.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >5) The SWR should fall between 1.01 (0% reflected power) and 1.5 (4% reflected power). If the SWR exceeds 1.5 there could possibly be a bad connection or a coax cable problem. Double check the connectors for correct assembly. Too much reflected power degrades power at the antenna and causes low handshake counts on the Transponder tags being read. Record results for future diagnostic use.</p>

:6) Repeat the above steps for Reader 1, Channel 1. Type the '''RFON,1,1''' command for Reader 1, Channel 1. Record the results for future diagnostic use.

:7) Press any key to turn RF power off.

:8) Reconnect coax cables to original positions.<div class="page" title="Page 39"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''If Less Than 1W of Power at Antenna'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Double check coax cable type to make sure correct cable is being used.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Double check RF PWR at RF unit to make sure you have at least 12.5VDC. You can increase this power to provide more power at the antenna as long as you do not exceed 2W at source and 13VDC of RF PWR. The reason for having at least 1W of power at the antenna is due to the speed of the site. If the site is high speed (above 45mph), the Transponder tag will be in the read window a shorter amount of time. You will, therefore, want the largest read window possible to make sure the tag is read.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Double check SWR to make sure there is not an excessive reflected power. 4) Record measurements for future diagnostic use.<br>5) Turn RF power off and reconnect coax to antenna.<br>6) Repeat above steps for Reader 1 Antenna 1 using the RFON,1,1 command.</p><p>'''Measuring Horizontal Read Window'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) The horizontal read window is defined as the horizontal distance in front of an antenna that a tag may be read. The tag should be passed in front of antenna directly above edge of ties (approximately 4 ft). Hold the tag horizontally to ensure accuracy of read window.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Turn RF power on to Reader 0 Channel 0 only, using the RFON,0,0 command from either menu on the APU-102.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Make sure the Sonalert switch, which is located on the motherboard, is turned on for Reader 1. Refer to APU-102 system interconnect diagram in 3.0 AEI System Components and Functions in the AEI System Operations Manual for proper switch position.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Attach programmed passive transportation tag to metal plate approximately 3 times the size of the tag.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >5) Listen for the Sonalert in the building. Face Antenna 0 at the edge of the ties, approximately 10 feet to one side of the antenna. Simulate a tagged rail car passing the site by holding the tag attached to the 3’ x 2’ metal plate at the edge of the ties 3.5 feet from the top of the rail and walking on either side of the antenna until the Sonalert sounds. Mark at the edge of ties where the Sonalert first came on and continue walking past the antenna with tag in same position until the Sonalert stops, mark this point at the edge of ties. Measure from the point where the Sonalert first sounded to the point where it stopped with a tape measure, this will be the horizontal read window for this antenna.</p><div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >6) Round measurement up to the nearest foot.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >7) Horizontal read windows with at least 1W of power at antenna should be approximately 13-16 feet wide on a Parapanel antenna and 7 feet +/- 2 feet for a low profile antenna.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >8) Record this measurement on paper as a record and in the APU-102 Acquisition parameters for Reader 1 “Ant0PassiveLobe”.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >9) Repeat above steps for Reader 1 Antenna 1 using the RFON,1,1 command. 10) Record measurement for Antenna 1 on paper and in the APU-102 Acquisition</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >parameters for Reader 2 “Ant1PassiveLobe”.</p>

: 
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 59.1398%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 11.1828%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 37"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Tip</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 47.957%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 36"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 37"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If expected window widths are not obtained and power levels are correct, check RF unit range potentiometer setting.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

== RF Module Range Sensitivity Adjustment ==

<div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>The range sensitivity adjustment feature of the AR2200 RF module provides a means for unwanted tag signals to be screened without decreasing RF power. This feature may be used to desensitize the reading range of the system.</p>
<p>The range sensitivity modulator allows selective setting of the effective noise threshold of the system. This is accomplished by injecting AM modulation onto the IF signals, thus increasing the threshold noise level. A tag signal is decoded as valid by the reader only when its signal exceeds the preset threshold.</p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 65.0538%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 13.6559%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">NOTE</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 51.3979%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>This adjustment can impact tag read range and performance. Comet Electronics does not use this adjustment in an attempt to control read performance. Installing a jumper at JP1, near the transformer on the RF interface board, disables the range sensitivity adjustment. The range is pre-adjusted to maximum, but installing the jumper ensures the maximum range.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Older RF units produced prior to 1993 may not have the jumper override option and must be manually adjusted. Adjustments are made to the range sensitivity potentiometer located on the RF interface board. If range potentiometers are the small plastic type, set the maximum range by turning the potentiometers fully counterclockwise (CCW). These multi‐turn potentiometers usually have click stops. For potentiometers without click stops, turn 4 full rotations counterclockwise. If range potentiometers are the large metal type, set the maximum range by turning the potentiometers fully clockwise (CW).</p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 3.09.26 PM.png|500px|center|thumb]][[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 3.11.25 PM.png|500x650px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div></div></div></div>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 3.14.04 PM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

<div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== Wheel Detector Optimization ==
<div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>This chapter provides instructions on optimizing the axle acquisition side of the system through the Tiefenbach wheel detector and the TDA‐105 wheel detector interface card.</p><div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Materials and Tools Required'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>The following materials and tools are required to perform the optimization procedure:</p><div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
*<p>Small trim potentiometer adjustment tool</p>
*<p>Test plate</p>
*<p>Tiefenbach alignment plate and cable set</p>
*<p>Brass adjusting nut (supplied with Tiefenbach) or 3-mm Allen wrench.</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''TDA-105 Adjustment'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.7 and 3.8 when completing this procedure.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) With the small trim potentiometer adjustment tool, adjust the null potentiometer for the A and B segments until both positive and negative LEDs are extinguished. Adjust positive and negative LEDs for one segment, then adjust them for the other segment. The following table indicates which direction to turn the null potentiometer:</p>

: 
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 66.3441%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 74px;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 28px;"
! style="width: 33.3333%; height: 28px;" | <br>
! style="width: 17.7742%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >To Turn LED Off</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 16.6344%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >To Turn LED On</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 33.3333%; height: 23px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Segments A and B Positive</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.7742%; height: 23px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Counterclockwise</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.6344%; height: 23px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Clockwise</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 33.3333%; height: 23px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Segments A and B Negative</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 17.7742%; height: 23px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Clockwise</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 16.6344%; height: 23px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Counterclockwise</p></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 44"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) With both LEDs on the TDA-105 extinguished, push and hold SW5. If the LEDs illuminate, continue to hold SW5 and adjust the null potentiometer further until both LEDs are again extinguished. This process fine tunes the null potentiometer adjustment.</p>

: [[image:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 2.43.11 PM.png|500px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 81.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 28px;"
! style="width: 41.6447%; height: 28px;" colspan="3" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Tiefenbach (default)</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 42.7642%; height: 28px;" colspan="3" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Servo</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 22.5022%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Switch'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.8312%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''ON'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.31126%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''OFF'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.0328%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Switch'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.0354%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''ON'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 9.69596%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''OFF'''</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 22.5022%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW1</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.8312%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,8</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.31126%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,3,4,5,6,7</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.0328%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW1</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.0354%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,3,6,7</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 9.69596%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,4,5,8</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 22.5022%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW2</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.8312%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,3<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.31126%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,4<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.0328%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW2</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.0354%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,4</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 9.69596%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,3</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 28px;"
| style="width: 22.5022%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW3</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.8312%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,3<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.31126%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,4<br></p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.0328%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW3</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.0354%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,4</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 9.69596%; height: 28px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,3</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 10px;"
| style="width: 22.5022%; height: 10px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW4</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.8312%; height: 10px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,8</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 8.31126%; height: 10px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,3,4,5,6,7</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 23.0328%; height: 10px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>SW4</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 10.0354%; height: 10px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2,3,6,7</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 9.69596%; height: 10px; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1,4,5,8</p></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 425px;" >Figure 3.5: TDA-105 layout and switch positions</p>

:::::::::::::::: <div class="page" title="Page 45"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >If you encounter problems with the adjustment, verify that the TDA‐105 is set to the switch positions listed in Figure 3.4 or on the back of the TDA‐105 cover.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >The TDA‐105 adjustment procedure is now complete.</p>

: <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Tiefenbach Transducer Adjustment'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >The following procedures put the Tiefenbach wheel detector back into specification, if needed, after mounting and wiring is completed and the TDA‐105 is installed and adjusted.</p>

: <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Checking the Required Parameters'''<br></p><div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Before adjusting the Tiefenbach transducer, verify that the following system parameters</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >    are set up in the Acquisition section of the APU application software:</p>

: 
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 44.8387%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219);"
! style="width: 9.85678%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Parameter Name</p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 24.2587%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Required Value</p></div></div></div></div>
|-
| style="width: 9.85678%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>WheelDetectorSeparation</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 24.2587%; text-align: center;" | 40
|-
| style="width: 9.85678%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>WheelDetectorGain</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 24.2587%; text-align: center;" | 90
|-
| style="width: 9.85678%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>WheelDetectorThreshold</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 24.2587%; text-align: center;" | 30
|-
| style="width: 9.85678%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>WheelDetCsegMode</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 24.2587%; text-align: center;" |  2
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Make any required changes.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Reboot the APU-102 in order for the parameters to take effect.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >For more detailed information on setting wheel detector parameters, refer to Appendix A: System Parameters in the AEI System Operations Manual.</p><div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Setting the Tiefenbach Segment Switching Distance'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 46"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Attach the adjustment test box to the TDA-105 J2 output connector.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Verify that both LEDs for the TDA-105 A and B segments are OFF. If not, adjust the TDA-105 null potentiometer until both LEDs are extinguished. (Refer to: TDA-105 Adjustment above.)</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Place the test plate on top of the rail with the feet aligned evenly on the rail and the stud/stand-off in the center of the transducer, between the SI and SII segments.</p>

: [[image:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 2.56.29 PM.png|500px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

<div class="page" title="Page 47"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Remove the plastic retaining nut from the adjusting stud under the SI (B segment) side of the transducer.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >5) The adjusting stud can be rotated by using one of two methods. Either:</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Screw on the brass adjusting nut firmly, press the adjusting stud in and rotate counterclockwise until the B side (green) LED on the adjustment test box turns on.</p>

::OR<div class="page" title="Page 47"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Use a 3mm hex key to push in and rotate the adjusting stud counterclockwise (left) until the B side (green) LED on the adjustment test box turns on.</p>
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 65.0538%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 13.6559%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Tip</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 51.3979%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 48"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Looking at the top of rail, the LED turns off by rotating the adjusting shaft clockwise (like loosening a nut) and turns on by rotating the adjusting shaft counterclockwise (like tightening a nut). The goal is to find a setting where both LEDs are just turning on.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 65.0538%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 13.6559%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 48"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>WARNING</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 51.3979%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 48"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not over tighten the adjusting shaft. Doing so may damage the anti-displacement device inside sensor.</p></div></div></div></div><p>.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 48"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >6) When you find the correct switching distance, the LED will light. Release pressure on the adjusting stud.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >7) Tug downward on the adjusting stud to engage the locking mechanism. Remove the brass adjusting nut (if used) by unscrewing and reinstall and tighten the plastic retaining nut until it is just snug. Do not over tighten.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >8) Repeat steps 4 through 7 for the SII (A segment) side of the transducer. The red LED on the adjustment test box will light.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >9) “Rock” the test plate several times by raising the pin side of the plate from the transducer while maintaining contact with the rail and slowly lower while observing the LED’s. Verify the LED’s light up at the same time. Repeat adjustments as necessary.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >10) Re-null the TDA-105.</p></div></div></div>
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 65.0538%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 13.6559%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Tip</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 51.3979%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 48"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If you follow the steps above and have problems with the adjustment, refer to either Figure 3.8 above or the label inside the TDA-105’s cover to verify the Tiefenbach switch positions.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 48"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Your Tiefenbach transducer and TDA‐105 should now be properly adjusted and connected as indicated in the following diagram. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</p>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 4.35.29 PM.png|500px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 49"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== Tiefenbach Wheel Detector Testing ==
<div class="page" title="Page 49"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Before testing the wheel detector, make sure you have performed the adjustments phase of this procedure. Refer to Figure 3.8 when performing the following test.</p><p>'''Voltage Checks'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Before testing the transducer and TDA‐105 voltages, check the DC voltage supplied to the TDA‐105 at J3. J3 pin 1 is DC common, J3 pin 2 may be connected to either +12 or +24 VDC.</p><p style="">'''Transducer Voltages (Sensor Input)'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Voltage across either transducer segment should be approximately 5VDC ± 0.5 V with no wheel or metal over the transducer. “A” segment voltage may be measured at J1 pin 1 (+) and pin 2 (‐). “B” segment voltage is measured at J1 pin 5 (+),<br>J1 pin 6 (‐). The segments are 2 separate circuits within the transducer and the voltages will not match between “A” and “B”. Placing a piece of test metal over a transducer segment causes the corresponding segment voltage to rise to approximately 9.5 VDC ± 0.5 VDC. (This voltage varies depending on the size and placement of metal over transducer segment.)</p>

: <p>'''TDA-105 Output Voltages'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >TDA‐105 voltages may be measured at the TDA‐105 or the APU‐102 main block. For procedure clarity, voltages at the TDA‐105 will be listed; however, it is recommended that the voltages also be checked at the APU‐102 main block to verify proper wiring.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >'''1)''' Confirm no metal is present over the transducer. Voltage should measure 0.0 VDC ±0.1 VDC.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >'''2)''' Place a piece of test metal over each transducer segment, check voltage of the “A” segment at J2 pin 1 (+) and J2 pin 2 (-), then check the “B” segment voltage at J2 pin 6 (+), J2 pin 7 (-). Voltage across each segment should rise to approximately 3.5 VDC ±0.5 VDC.</p>

: <p>'''LED Test Method'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >With the Tiefenbach and TDA‐105 connected as in drawing 101‐07, confirm proper Tiefenbach and TDA‐105 adjustment using the following steps:</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Turn on the APU-102.</p><div class="page" title="Page 50"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Lay a coin on the SII side of the transducer. The A+ LED on the TDA-105, and the WDA and Search LEDs on the APU-102 should light.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Remove the coin from the SII side of the transducer. The LEDs on both the APU-102 and the TDA-105 should go off. The search LEDs will remain on until the acquisition cycle times out.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >4) Lay a coin on the SI side of the transducer. The B+ LED on the TDA-105 and the WDB and Search LEDs on the APU-102 should light.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >5) Remove the coin from the SI side of the transducer. The LEDs on both the APU-102 and the TDA-105 should go off. The Search LEDs will remain on until the acquisition cycle times out. The wheel transducer activity can also be monitored on the APU's I/O screen.</p><p>The site is now ready for evaluation of axle information using actual trains.</p><div class="page" title="Page 50"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== Loop and Loop Detector Optimization ==
<div class="page" title="Page 50"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Connecting the Loop Testing System'''<br></p><div class="page" title="Page 50"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Verify the loop is installed correctly according to the following list. Refer to the drawings</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >in Appendix C: Site Drawings for reference.</p><div class="page" title="Page 50"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
***Inspect loop (should be #6 Bond strand) for cuts in insulation or exposed wires.
***These should be repaired and waterproofed immediately.
***Make sure loop wire is installed with at least 3-4 inches of clearance to all metal (rail, tie plates, etc.)
***Make sure there is no metal debris near loop wire (brake shoes, tie plates, or any discard metal).
***Make sure loop wires are twisted at least five times per foot between where the loop wire leaves the ties and the junction box.
***Make sure loop wire is not run under or around wheel detectors as this may cause interference to the wheel detector.
***Inspect splice to make sure waterproofing is adequate. Water in splice can cause intermittent operation.
<div class="page" title="Page 50"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Unscrew cable connected to the loop detector and install the loop excitation module from the loop testing system into the connector.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Connect the loop excitation module to the frequency tester and press and hold the Test button for one minute. The frequency should be very stable (not more that 1-2 Hz of fluctuation per minute).</p><div class="page" title="Page 50"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the frequency shifts radically, inspect loop for metal objects, loop wire running too close to rail, tie plates, or moving switches and then correct. Retest with frequency tester until frequency is stable. Reconnect the cable harness to the loop detector.</p><div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Testing the Loop'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Set loop sensitivity on the loop detector to 9 and lay a piece of metal on the loop wire at the track. The loop detector LED will flash for two seconds, then lock on and the APU- 102 search LED will turn on, indicating that the loop detector is on and that train presence is issued to the APU-102.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Remove the piece of metal. The loop detector LED will flash for two seconds and then turn off. The APU-102 LEDs will turn off (after a timeout period) indicating that train presence has cleared on the APU-102. The presence activity can also be monitored on the APU’s I/O screen.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >If presence does not turn on and off with the above steps, inspect the loop for distance from any metal object (rail, tie plates, etc.), damage, correct installation, and splice making good connection.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Reset sensitivity to '''1'''.<br>4) Verify the following loop detector settings:</p>
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 71.8271%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 194px;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 28px;"
! style="width: 97.6021%; height: 28px;" colspan="3" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >U.S. Traffic 911 Series Loop Detector</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 28px;"
! style="width: 11.0752%; text-align: left; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" style="text-align: left;" title="Page 51" ><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Switch</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="height: 28px; width: 38.024%; text-align: center;" | <div class="page" style="text-align: center;" title="Page 51" ><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" ><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Setting</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 48.503%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: left;" ><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" ><br></span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Mode:'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 38.024%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Infinite</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 48.503%; height: 23px;" rowspan="5" | [[File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 5.08.07 PM.png|300x500px|center|thumb]]
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Frequency:'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 38.024%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Single tracks: Use either Low or High frequency.</p><p>Double tracks: Use Low frequency on one track and High frequency on the other.</p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Sensitivity:'''</p></div></div></div>
| style="width: 38.024%; height: 23px;" | 1
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Delay:'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 38.024%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2 seconds</p><p>DELAY<br>DIP switch 2 = ON 1,3-6 = OFF</p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Extend:'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 38.024%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2 seconds</p><p>EXTEND<br>DIP switch<br>4 = ON 1-3,5-6 = OFF</p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 97.6021%; height: 23px;" colspan="3" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Figure 3.9: U.S Traffic Loop Detector Settings</p></div></div></div>
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 71.8271%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 454px;" border="1"
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 28px;"
! style="width: 93.2608%; height: 28px;" colspan="3" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Reno L1300 Series Loop Detector</span></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="background-color: rgb(53, 152, 219); height: 28px;"
! style="width: 11.0752%; text-align: left; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" style="text-align: left;" title="Page 51" ><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Switch</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="height: 28px; width: 35.479%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" ><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >Setting</span></p></div></div></div></div>
! style="width: 46.7066%; height: 28px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" ><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" ><br></span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Frequency:'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 35.479%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Single tracks: Choose frequency at Low or High end of scale.</p><p>Double tracks: Choose frequencies with at least 5KHz of separation between tracks.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 46.7066%; height: 388px;" rowspan="6" | [[File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 5.14.16 PM.png|300x500px|thumb]]
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Sensitivity:'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 35.479%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1</p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Presence/Pulse:'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 35.479%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Presence</p></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Call Delay:'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 35.479%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2 seconds</p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 273px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; text-align: right; height: 273px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Call Extend:'''</p></div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 35.479%; height: 273px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2 seconds</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 23px;"
| style="width: 11.0752%; height: 23px; text-align: right;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Option 13:'''</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 35.479%; height: 23px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>13.2, True Presence Active<br></p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 10px;"
| style="width: 93.2608%; height: 10px;" colspan="3" | <div class="page" title="Page 51"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Figure 3.10: Reno AE Traffic Loop Detector Settings</p></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Setup of Reno A&E L-1300 series presence detector'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Press the FUNC button to enter programming mode. Pressing FUNC will step through functions.<br>Press the up/down buttons as necessary to change.<br>When finished, press and hold the FUNC button for 1 second.</p>

: 
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 65.0538%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1"
|-
| style="width: 13.6559%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >NOTE</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 51.3979%;" | <div class="page" title="Page 40"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 48"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to the Reno L1300 Field Service Bulletin for detailed instructions on setup and operation</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}
<div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Other Presence Devices'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 52"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >There are numerous devices for providing presence to the APU‐102 including, Audio Frequency Overlay (AFO), radar, sonar, or presence may be provided by a colocated system. If alternate presence device is used, refer to its user manual for installation procedures.</p>

: <div class="page" title="Page 53"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== System Operational Test ==
<div class="page" title="Page 53"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Section 5.0 in the AEI System Operation Manual for this procedure.</p><div class="page" title="Page 53"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== Additional Information ==
<div class="page" title="Page 53"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>For system testing and troubleshooting information, see the AEI System Operations Manual.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 5.14.16 PM.png

2024-10-28T12:14:36Z

MARahman:

File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 5.08.07 PM.png

2024-10-28T12:08:42Z

MARahman:

File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 4.35.29 PM.png

2024-10-28T11:56:33Z

MARahman:

File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 2.56.29 PM.png

2024-10-28T09:56:48Z

MARahman:

File:Screenshot 2024-10-28 at 2.43.11 PM.png

2024-10-28T09:43:36Z

MARahman:

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-28T09:34:56Z

MARahman: /* Log On To the APU-102 */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-28T09:33:13Z

MARahman: /* Log On To the APU-102 */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-28T09:29:34Z

MARahman: /* Log On To the APU-102 */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-28T09:29:01Z

MARahman: /* System Optimization */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-28T09:17:38Z

MARahman: /* APU Application Software */

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-28T07:10:32Z

MARahman: /* Tiefenbach Transducer Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
'''Mount the Wheel Detector'''

<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" colgroupcol=""
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"></div>
<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>
<div class="column">
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 153.32px; background-color: #e67e23;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;">TDA-105 Installation</strong><br> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: #ffffff;" >Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C </p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]<div class="mw-content-container"><div class="mw-content-container"><div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;" >Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Antenna Installation</strong> ==
<p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Place the center of the antenna 3 feet 6 inches above the top of the rail and 11 feet 6 inches away from the center of the rail. (The tower face should be 12 feet from the center of the rail.)</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Place the second antenna directly across from the first.<br>3) Refer to Appendix C: Site Drawings for detailed installation drawings.</p>
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Presence Detector Installation</strong> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 22"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="font-size: 12pt;" >Loop <span style="font-size: 10pt;" >Installation</span></span>'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >When laying out the loops, keep the following guidelines in mind:</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Place the loop wire <span style="font-size: 12pt;" >at</span> least four inches away from the rail at all points (to the side of rail and where it passes under the rail).</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Fasten the loop to each tie to prevent movement.</p>

'''Loop Design'''<p>The loop may be constructed of #10 or larger insulated wire in neoprene or similar non‐metallic jacket. When installing cable, keep the following guidelines in mind:</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Be careful not to cut the wire insulation.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Keep loop wire away from contact with gauge plates, switch rods, switch movements, and other metallic parts.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Fasten the loop securely to prevent loop movement on the rail and ensure a stable frequency.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Refer to Appendix C: Site Drawings for loop installation drawings.</p>

::Note: if using alternate presence detection, refer to appropriate documentation.</div></div></div>
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Heliax Coaxial Cable Installation</strong> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 22"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to manufacturerʹs documentation for connector and wiring installation procedures.</p></div></div></div>
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Preparation for Optimization</strong> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 22"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Unless the site optimization process is to begin immediately, disconnect the negative battery cable connection between the battery and the APU‐102, and make sure that the APU‐102 and battery charger are turned off.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-28T07:09:04Z

MARahman: /* APU Application Software */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T12:00:49Z

MARahman: /* APU Application Software */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T10:15:02Z

MARahman: /* RF Module Range Sensitivity Adjustment */

File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 3.14.04 PM.png

2024-10-25T10:14:34Z

MARahman:

File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 3.11.25 PM.png

2024-10-25T10:13:08Z

MARahman:

File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 3.09.26 PM.png

2024-10-25T10:10:41Z

MARahman:

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T10:05:51Z

MARahman: /* Railcar-Only Site (Dual Reader - Dedicated RF) */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:51:57Z

MARahman: /* Log On To the APU-102 */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:50:32Z

MARahman: /* Log On To the APU-102 */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:25:45Z

MARahman: /* Log On To the APU-102 */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:17:15Z

MARahman: /* System Optimization */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:08:59Z

MARahman: /* System Optimization */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:08:43Z

MARahman: /* System Optimization */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:05:25Z

MARahman: /* System Optimization */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:04:44Z

MARahman: /* System Optimization */

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T09:03:00Z

MARahman: /* APU Application Software */

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T09:00:56Z

MARahman: /* TDA-105 Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
'''Mount the Wheel Detector'''

<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" colgroupcol=""
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>

<div class="column">

{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 153.32px; background-color: #e67e23;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;">TDA-105 Installation</strong><br> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: #ffffff;" >Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C </p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]<div class="mw-content-container"><div class="mw-content-container"><div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;" >Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Antenna Installation</strong> ==
<p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Place the center of the antenna 3 feet 6 inches above the top of the rail and 11 feet 6 inches away from the center of the rail. (The tower face should be 12 feet from the center of the rail.)</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Place the second antenna directly across from the first.<br>3) Refer to Appendix C: Site Drawings for detailed installation drawings.</p>
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Presence Detector Installation</strong> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 22"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="font-size: 12pt;" >Loop <span style="font-size: 10pt;" >Installation</span></span>'''</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >When laying out the loops, keep the following guidelines in mind:</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Place the loop wire <span style="font-size: 12pt;" >at</span> least four inches away from the rail at all points (to the side of rail and where it passes under the rail).</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Fasten the loop to each tie to prevent movement.</p>

'''Loop Design'''<p>The loop may be constructed of #10 or larger insulated wire in neoprene or similar non‐metallic jacket. When installing cable, keep the following guidelines in mind:</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >1) Be careful not to cut the wire insulation.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >2) Keep loop wire away from contact with gauge plates, switch rods, switch movements, and other metallic parts.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >3) Fasten the loop securely to prevent loop movement on the rail and ensure a stable frequency.</p><p style="margin-left: 25px;" >Refer to Appendix C: Site Drawings for loop installation drawings.</p>

::Note: if using alternate presence detection, refer to appropriate documentation.</div></div></div>
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Heliax Coaxial Cable Installation</strong> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 22"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to manufacturerʹs documentation for connector and wiring installation procedures.</p></div></div></div>
== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;" >Preparation for Optimization</strong> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 22"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Unless the site optimization process is to begin immediately, disconnect the negative battery cable connection between the battery and the APU‐102, and make sure that the APU‐102 and battery charger are turned off.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T08:54:00Z

MARahman: /* Mount the Wheel Detector */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
'''Mount the Wheel Detector'''

<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" colgroupcol=""
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>

<div class="column">

{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 153.32px; background-color: #e67e23;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;">TDA-105 Installation</strong><br> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: #ffffff;">Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C </p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]<div class="mw-content-container"><div class="mw-content-container"><div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;">Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Optimization Procedure

2024-10-25T08:10:33Z

MARahman:

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T07:48:46Z

MARahman: /* TDA-105 Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
data-mwt-tableStartNewLines=1>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" colgroupcol=""
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>

<div class="column">

{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 153.32px; background-color: #e67e23;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;">TDA-105 Installation</strong><br> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: #ffffff;">Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C </p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]<div class="mw-content-container"><div class="mw-content-container"><div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;">Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T07:48:28Z

MARahman: /* */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
data-mwt-tableStartNewLines=1>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" colgroupcol=""
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>

<div class="column">

{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 153.32px; background-color: #e67e23;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

== <strong style="font-size: 14.4px;">TDA-105 Installation</strong><br> ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: #ffffff;">Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C </p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]<div class="mw-content-container"><div class="mw-content-container"><div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;">Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:53:42Z

MARahman: /* AEI Component Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
data-mwt-tableStartNewLines=1>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" colgroupcol=""
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>

<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>

<div class="column">

{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 153.32px; background-color: #e67e23;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

== <br>==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''TDA-105 Installation'''</p></div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: #ffffff;">Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" |<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C </p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]<div class="mw-content-container"><div class="mw-content-container"><div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;">Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case</p></div></div></div></div>
</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:47:32Z

MARahman: /* TDA-105 Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" < colgroupcol="" >
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 19"></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>
<p> </p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"> </div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>
<div class="column"></div>
<div class="column">
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); width: 153.32px; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35);" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

== TDA-105 Installation ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: #ffffff;">Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C </p>
[[image:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]<div class="mw-content-container"><div class="mw-content-container"><div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 400px;">Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case</p></div></div></div></div>
<div class="mw-footer-container"> </div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:42:53Z

MARahman: /* TDA-105 Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" < colgroupcol="" >
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 19"></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>
<p> </p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"> </div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>
<div class="column"></div>
<div class="column">
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); width: 153.32px; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35);" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

== TDA-105 Installation ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb|Figure 2.4: TDA-105 case]]</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:41:40Z

MARahman: /* TDA-105 Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" < colgroupcol="" >
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 19"></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>
<p> </p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"> </div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>
<div class="column"></div>
<div class="column">
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); width: 153.32px; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35);" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

== TDA-105 Installation ==
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Refer to Figure 3.8: TDA‐105 layout and Figure 3.11: Wiring Flow Chart when following the steps below.</p>
<p>1) Mount the TDA-105 on the wall near the lower left corner of APU-102.<br>2) When wiring the TDA-105 to the sensor, keep the following points in mind:</p>

{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 75.6692%; height: 47px;" border="1"
|- style="height: 47px;"
| style="background-color: #3598db; text-align: center; width: 17.8914%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''<span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">Required!</span>'''</p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 94.2492%; height: 47px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Reliable connections at splice box and protection panel are IMPERATIVE for correct operation of wheel detectors.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

#<p>Refer to your particular site drawing when checking hut wiring as there may be a change in color designation.</p>
#If the wheel detector splice is in an underground splice box, the splice must be soldered and waterproofed. If ring terminals are used in a weatherproof junction box, verify crimps are secure and proper ring terminals are being used with transducer lead and shielded pair cable to protection panel
<div class="page" title="Page 21"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>3) Using the supplied DC input cable, install DC power from the hut DC distribution point to TDA-105 interface board J3. Input voltage range is +9 to +36 VDC.</p>
<p>4) Connect earth ground to chassis ground point on the TDA-105 with the # 6 ground wire.</p>
<p>5) Connect the transducer wiring from the surge protection panel to the TDA-105 J1 inputs 1, 2, 5, and 6 (left to right) as shown in the following image and in drawing 601-419H, Appendix C</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 11.36.45 AM.png

2024-10-25T06:37:16Z

MARahman:

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:29:57Z

MARahman: /* AEI Component Installation */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" < colgroupcol="" >
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 19"></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>
<p> </p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"> </div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.<br></div>
<div class="column">2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.<br></div>
<div class="column"></div>
<div class="column">
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); width: 153.32px; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35);" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

== TDA-105 Installation ==
<br></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:26:54Z

MARahman: /* Mount the Wheel Detector */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" < colgroup> col=""
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px; width: 15.0617%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px; width: 84.8148%;" | <span style="color: #000000;"><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 19"></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>
<p> </p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"> </div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.</p>
<p>2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.</p>

{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); width: 153.32px; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35);" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<br></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:26:35Z

MARahman: /* Mount the Wheel Detector */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 87.0753%; height: 150px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1" <colgroup><col style="width: 17.1381%;" ><col style="width: 82.8619%;" ></colgroup>
|- style="height: 64px;"
| style="background-color: rgb(251, 238, 184); text-align: center; height: 64px;" | <span style="color: #000000;" >Caution</span>
| style="height: 64px;" | <span style="color: #000000;" ><span class="fontstyle0">Verify that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;" >procedure.</span></span>
|- style="height: 78px;"
| style="text-align: center; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35); height: 78px;" | <span style="color: #000000;" ><span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span></span>
| style="text-align: left; height: 78px;" | <span style="color: #000000;" ><span class="fontstyle3"><span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span></span></span>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 19"></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">
<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;"> </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;">Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>
<p> </p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ffffff;">Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;">Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;">Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"> </div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.</p>
<p>2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.</p>

{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 55px; border-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); border-style: solid; width: 840px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); width: 153.32px; background-color: rgb(230, 126, 35);" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); height: 57px; width: 679.68px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}

<br></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:19:37Z

MARahman: /* Mount the Wheel Detector */

[[Railnet AEI System Site Installation Manual]]<br>
This chapter explains how to prepare and install an AEI site. If your site installation involves a procedure not included here, refer to section 1.3, Additional Information.
= Site Preparation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Site Considerations</span> ==
===== <span class="fontstyle0">Pre-construction</span> =====
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the transducer location first. This is the center of the site. The center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must be located between two ties. This allows the cable at the bottom of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer to enter the Carflex conduit without binding.</span><span class="fontstyle0"></span>
#<span class="fontstyle0">Find the tower locations. Since the center of the antennas and the center of the </span><span class="fontstyle0">transducer must line up, the towers will be offset from the transducer. (The antennas </span><span class="fontstyle0">mount to the side of the tower.)</span>

===== <span class="fontstyle0">Areas to Avoid</span> =====
<span class="fontstyle2">Comet Electronics recommends that the following site areas are avoided. Use this </span><span class="fontstyle2">list as a guide only. Since all installations are unique in some manner, avoiding these </span><span class="fontstyle2">areas is not always possible. A survey of each site should be done to determine </span><span class="fontstyle2">preferred equipment locations, conduit runs, and antenna configuration based upon </span><span class="fontstyle2">the particular application. The user and the system integrator must ensure correct </span><span class="fontstyle2">and accurate system operation in the event the areas described below cannot be </span><span class="fontstyle2">avoided.</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Large metallic objects and obstructions in close proximity to the reading area</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where reverse train movements occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train switching moves occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where “building” moves occur (dropping and adding cars)</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas where train stoppage in front of reader systems is likely to occur</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Areas with severe or multiple curves in the track</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Switches</span>
*<span class="fontstyle0">Track joints</span> <br>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Construction</span> ==
<div>

#Install house foundation legs at top of tie level. All trenching is to be 36" below top of tie.
#Set tower foundations.
#Install all conduits in the same trench. Conduit runs on drawings are guidelines. They may be changed to fit site specific requirements. Use sweeps-not elbows!
#Install tower sections and tower caps.
#Install low antenna mounts (if required).
#Install tower junction box and splice pedestal (if used) as needed. Location of pedestal is a suggestion; it may be moved to fit site specific requirements.
#Install Carflex conduit from pedestal (if used) or junction box to transducer location.
#Install loop cable on track.
#Loop cable must be twisted 5 times per foot from track to pedestal (if used) or junction box. Install twisted loop cable in Carflex conduit.
#Install ground rods and cabling. (Pigtail at corner ground rods into hut).
#Attach ground wire to low mount with a ground lug (if low mount required).
#Use the CADWELD exothermic welding system for ground cable to grounding rod connections.
#Tamp all excavations and trenches.
#Restore ballast to pre-dig condition. Supply fresh ballast where required.
#Tape all ends of exposed conduits or Carflex conduit to prevent water, rocks, or other debris from entering.
#Clean up site area.
</div>
<p><br></p>

== <span class="fontstyle0">Single and Double Track Sites</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle0">Single Track Site Installation</span><div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to tower junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from near side tower junction box to bungalow. (3” conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building. (2” conduit)
#Mount antennas without check tags to remaining locations.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from far side antenna box.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>
Double Track Site Installation (Restricted)<div>
#Set instrument house, securing all four corners.
#Connect ground wire pigtails to ground panel.
#Seal cable entry holes with Ductseal.
#Mount parapanel antennas with check tags to towers on all sites. The near track gets the antenna with a check tag. The check tag is mounted on the antenna that is on the bungalow side of the tracks. On double tracks, the far track also gets an antenna with a check tag. It is mounted on the antenna farthest from the bungalow.
#Install Sealtite assembly and 4' coax jumpers to parapanel antennas.
#Insert check tag cable into Sealtite assembly to antenna junction box.
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable and 4c 22 gauge check tag cable from each tower junction box. (3" conduit)
#Pull in 1pr 16 gauge loop lead-in and 2pr 18 gauge transducer cables from far side junction box or splice pedestal (if used-otherwise install in 3" with heliax) to building.
#Mount log periodic antenna. (if required by site configuration)
#Pull in 1/2" Heliax cable from each log periodic antenna. (3” conduit). (if required by site configuration) Optionally, wheel detector and loop termination may be in log periodic enclosure for antenna 0 of far track. Install accordingly.
#Splice, waterproof, and terminate all cables.
#Install the Tiefenbach transducer. Refer to Section 2.3.1 Tiefenbach Installation for installation instructions.
</div>

= AEI Component Installation =
== <span class="fontstyle0">Wiring Diagram</span> ==
<span class="fontstyle2">Use the following wiring diagram to make connections when installing the AEI c</span><span class="fontstyle2">omponents. Color codes listed are typical and may vary.</span>

<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.07.52 AM.png|500px|center|thumb]]

:::::::::::::::::Figure 2.1: Wiring Diagram

== <span class="fontstyle0">Tiefenbach Transducer Installation</span> ==
===== Mount the Wheel Detector =====
<span class="fontstyle2">For full size drawing, refer to drawing number 101‐08 in Appendix C: Site Drawings </span>
<span class="fontstyle2">when performing this procedure.</span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
<span class="fontstyle2"></span>
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 57px; border-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); border-style: solid; width: 578px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); width: 104.023px;" | <span class="fontstyle0"><span style="color: #000000;">Caution</span></span>
| style="border: 1px solid rgb(0, 0, 0); height: 57px; width: 466.977px;" | <span class="fontstyle0"><span style="color: #000000;">Verify</span> that the APU-102 is turned off before beginning this </span><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">procedure.</span>
|}
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 57px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 578px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 104.023px;" | <span class="fontstyle3">NOTE</span>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 466.977px;" | <span class="fontstyle0">Proper mounting of the wheel detector is crucial to accurately </span><span>acquire axle data. Use a rail mounted drill for precision.</span><br>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column">

<p>1) Locate the rail mounting position between the ties and on the centerline of the antennas.</p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]</div></div></div>
<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;" >Figure 2.2: Single transducer installation location</p>
<p style="margin-left: 375px;" > </p>
[[File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png|600px|center|thumb]]<div class="page" title="Page 19"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="margin-left: 375px;" >Figure 2.3: Tiefenbach transducer installation</p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>2) Secure and level the rail mounting template and tighten setscrew.</p>
<p>3) Insert the center punch into each hole and mark the rail by striking the center punch.</p>
<p>4) Remove template and drill two pilot holes (approximately 1/8” diameter and 1/8” deep) where marked to serve as a guide.</p>
<p>5) Using the pilot holes, drill two 17/32” mounting holes.</p>
<p>6) Pull the 4-conductor sensor cable through the 3/4” Carflex conduit to the splice box.</p>
<p>7) Connect the end of the 3/4 inch Carflex conduit around the transducer flange with the 1 inch adjustable clamp.</p>
<p>8) Choose the appropriate distance shims on both mounting studs depending on rail weight.</p>
<p> </p>

{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 63.2019%; height: 107px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 30px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="line-height: 1; text-align: center;" ><span style="color: #ffffff;" >Rail Weight</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; background-color: #3598db; height: 30px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p><span style="color: #ffffff;" >Distance Shims</span></p></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 20px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Less than 90 lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 20px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Do not use any distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 26px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >90lb to 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 26px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Use the green distance shims</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|- style="height: 31px;"
| style="width: 23.5223%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" >Over 136lb</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
| style="width: 76.4777%; height: 31px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>Stack one each of the red and brick colored distance shims together.</p></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>
|}

<div class="page" title="Page 20"> </div>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>9) Use the transducer’s lower mounting holes to mount the transducer onto rail. Insure some slack in the Carflex to allow movement with the rail.</p>
<p>10) Tighten the transducer rail mounting bolts until spring washers are flattened out. Do not over tighten to avoid deforming the distance shims. Torque specification is 40 lb-ft.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>'''Verify Transducer Is Parallel With Top of Rail'''</p><div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>1) Measure the distance between the top left side of the transducer (at ridge) and the bottom of the ball of the rail.</p><p>2) Perform the same measurement for the top right side of the transducer.</p>
{| class="NormalTable" style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 57px; border-color: #000000; border-style: solid; width: 578px;" border="1px"
|- style="height: 57px;"
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; width: 104.023px; background-color: #e67e23;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p style="text-align: center;" ><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" >NOTE</span></p></div></div></div></div>
| style="border: 1px solid #000000; height: 57px; width: 466.977px;" | <div class="page" title="Page 20"><div class="section"><div class="layoutArea"><div class="column"><p>If the distance for one side measures within 3 mm of the other side, the transducer is installed correctly with respect to the top of the rail.</p></div></div></div></div>
|}
<br></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>

AEI Site Installation Procedure

2024-10-25T06:14:28Z

MARahman: /* Mount the Wheel Detector */

File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.54.16 AM.png

2024-10-25T05:55:33Z

MARahman:

File:Screenshot 2024-10-25 at 10.51.07 AM.png

2024-10-25T05:51:39Z

MARahman: